annotate runtime/doc/syntax.txt @ 8:7edf9b6e4c36

Various changes
author vimboss
date Wed, 16 Jun 2004 11:19:22 +0000
parents 3fc0f57ecb91
children 4102fb4ea781
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
8
7edf9b6e4c36 Various changes
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1 *syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2004 Jun 15
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
7 Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
9 Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
10 color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
11 doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
12 limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
13 calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
14
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
15 Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
16 terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
17 GUI version, gvim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
18
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
19 In the User Manual:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
20 |usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
21 |usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
22
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
23 1. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
24 2. Syntax files |:syn-files|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
25 3. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
26 4. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
27 5. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
28 6. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
29 7. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
30 8. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
31 9. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
32 10. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
33 11. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
34 12. Highlight command |:highlight|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
35 13. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
36 14. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
37 15. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
38 16. Color xterms |xterm-color|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
39
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
40 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
41
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
42 Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
43 disabled at compile time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
44
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
45 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
46 1. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
47
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
48 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
49 This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
51 :syntax enable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
52
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
53 What this command actually does is to execute the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
54 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
55
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
56 If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
57 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
58 fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
59 directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
60 are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
61 "/usr/vim/vim50". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
62
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
63 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
64 The ":syntax enable" command will keep your current color settings. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
65 allows using ":highlight" commands to set your preferred colors before or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
66 after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
67 defaults, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
68 :syntax on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
69 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
70 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
71 If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
72 with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
73 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
74 For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
75 For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
76
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
77 NOTE: The syntax files on MS-DOS and Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
78 The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
79 file for your system. Although on MS-DOS and Windows the right format is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
80 automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
81
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
82 NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
83 of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
84 reading the .gvimrc. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
85 used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
86 highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the .gvimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
87
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
88 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
89 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
90
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
91 NOTE: Using ":gui" in the .gvimrc means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
92 foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
93
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
94
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
95 You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
96 :if exists("syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
97
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
98 To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
99 :map <F7> :if exists("syntax_on") <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
100 \ syntax off <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
101 \ else <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
102 \ syntax enable <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
103 \ endif <CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
104 [using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
105
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
106 Details
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
107 The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
108 this works, look in the file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
109 command file ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
110 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
111 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
112 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
113 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
114 Also see |syntax-loading|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
116 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
117 2. Syntax files *:syn-files*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
118
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
119 The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
120 a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
121 name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
122 a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
123 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
124 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
125 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
126
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
127 The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
128 the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
129 language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
130 for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
131 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
132
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
133 The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
134 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
135 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
136 These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
137
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
138
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
139 MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
141 When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
142 automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
144 1. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
145 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
146 mkdir ~/.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
148 2. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
149 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
150
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
151 3. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
152 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
153 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
155 Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
156 :set syntax=mine
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
157 You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
158
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
159 If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
161 If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
162 to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
165 ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
167 If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
168 add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
169
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
170 1. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
171
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
172 2. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
173 mkdir ~/.vim/after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
174 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
176 3. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
177 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
178 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
180 4. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
181 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
182 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
183
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
184 That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
185 different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
186
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
187
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
188 REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
189
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
190 If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
191 version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
192 that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
193 Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
194
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
195
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
196 NAMING CONVENTIONS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
197 *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
198 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
199 and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
201 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
202 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
203 These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
204 you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
205
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
206 *Comment any comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
208 *Constant any constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
209 String a string constant: "this is a string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
210 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
211 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
212 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
213 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
214
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
215 *Identifier any variable name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
216 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
217
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
218 *Statement any statement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
219 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
220 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
221 Label case, default, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
222 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
223 Keyword any other keyword
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
224 Exception try, catch, throw
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
226 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
227 Include preprocessor #include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
228 Define preprocessor #define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
229 Macro same as Define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
230 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
232 *Type int, long, char, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
233 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
234 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
235 Typedef A typedef
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
237 *Special any special symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
238 SpecialChar special character in a constant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
239 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
240 Delimiter character that needs attention
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
241 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
242 Debug debugging statements
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
243
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
244 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
245
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
246 *Ignore left blank, hidden
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
248 *Error any erroneous construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
250 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
251 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
252
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
253 The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
254 For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
255 The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
256 highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
257 after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
258
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
259 Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
260 can be used for the same group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
261
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
262 The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
263 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
265 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
266 3. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
267
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
268 This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
269 issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
270 located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
272 ":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
273
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
274 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
275 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
276 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
277 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
278 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
279 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
280 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
281 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
282 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
283 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
284 | | set yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
285 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
286 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
287 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
288 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
289 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
290 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
291 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
292 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
293 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
294 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
295 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
296 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
297 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
298 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
299 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
300 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
301 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
302 | | *synload-4*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
303 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
304 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
305 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
306 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
307 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
308 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
309 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
310 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
311 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
312 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
313 already loaded buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
314
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
315
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
316 Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
317
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
318 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
319 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
320 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
321 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
322 | option is set to the file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
323 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
324 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
325 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
326 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
327 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
330 | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
331 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
332 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
333 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
334 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
335 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
336 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
337 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
338 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
339 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
340 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
341 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
342 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
343 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
344 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
345 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
346 syntax.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
348 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
349 4. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
350
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
351 *b:current_syntax-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
352 Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
353 "b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
354 settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
355 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
356 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
357 :au BufReadPost * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
359
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
360 2HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
361
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
362 This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
363 window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
365 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
366 Source the script to convert the current file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
368 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
369 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
370 Warning: This is slow!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
371 *:TOhtml*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
372 Or use the ":TOhtml" user command. It is defined in a standard plugin.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
373 ":TOhtml" also works with a range and in a Visual area: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
374
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
375 :10,40TOhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
376
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
377 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any HTML viewer, such
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
378 as Netscape. The colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
379
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
380 To restrict the conversion to a range of lines set "html_start_line" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
381 "html_end_line" to the first and last line to be converted. Example, using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
382 the last set Visual area: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
383
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
384 :let html_start_line = line("'<")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
385 :let html_end_line = line("'>")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
386
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
387 The lines are numbered according to 'number' option and the Number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
388 highlighting. You can force lines to be numbered in the HTML output by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
389 setting "html_number_lines" to non-zero value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
390 :let html_number_lines = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
391 Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
392 :let html_number_lines = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
393 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
394 :unlet html_number_lines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
395
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
396 By default, HTML optimized for old browsers is generated. If you prefer using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
397 cascading style sheets (CSS1) for the attributes (resulting in considerably
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
398 shorter and valid HTML 4 file), use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
399 :let html_use_css = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
401 By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text. This makes it show
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
402 up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping. If you prefer wrapping, at the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
403 risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
404 :let html_no_pre = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
405 This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
406 spaces.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
407
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
408 The current value of 'encoding' is used to specify the charset of the HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
409 file. This only works for those values of 'encoding' that have an equivalent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
410 HTML charset name. To overrule this set g:html_use_encoding to the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
411 the charset to be used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
412 :let html_use_encoding = "foobar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
413 To omit the line that specifies the charset, set g:html_use_encoding to an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
414 empty string: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
415 :let html_use_encoding = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
416 To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
417 variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
418 :unlet html_use_encoding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
419 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
420 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
421 An alternative is to have the script generate XHTML (XML compliant HTML). To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
422 do this set the "use_xhtml" variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
423 :let use_xhtml = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
424 To disable it again delete the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
425 :unlet use_xhtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
426 The generated XHTML file can be used in DocBook XML documents. See:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
427 http://people.mech.kuleuven.ac.be/~pissaris/howto/src2db.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
428
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
429 Remarks:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
430 - This only works in a version with GUI support. If the GUI is not actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
431 running (possible for X11) it still works, but not very well (the colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
432 may be wrong).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
433 - Older browsers will not show the background colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
434 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
435
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
436 Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
437 Unix shell: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
438 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
439 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
440
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
441 ABEL *abel.vim* *abel-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
442
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
443 ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
444 any value to the respective variable. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
445 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
446 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
447 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
449 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
450 abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
451 abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
453
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
454 ADA *ada.vim* *ada-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
455
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
456 This mode is designed for the 1995 edition of Ada ("Ada95"), which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
457 includes support for objected-programming, protected types, and so on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
458 It handles code written for the original Ada language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
459 ("Ada83" or "Ada87") as well, though Ada83 code which uses Ada95-only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
460 keywords will be wrongly colored (such code should be fixed anyway).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
461 For more information about Ada, see http://www.adapower.com.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
462
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
463 The Ada mode handles a number of situations cleanly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
464 For example, it knows that the "-" in "-5" is a number, but the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
465 character in "A-5" is an operator. Normally, a "with" or "use" clause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
466 referencing another compilation unit is colored the same way as C's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
467 "#include" is colored. If you have "Conditional" or "Repeat"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
468 groups colored differently, then "end if" and "end loop" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
469 colored as part of those respective groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
470 You can set these to different colors using vim's "highlight" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
471 (e.g., to change how loops are displayed, enter the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
472 ":hi Repeat" followed by the color specification; on simple terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
473 the color specification ctermfg=White often shows well).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
474
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
475 There are several options you can select in this Ada mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
476 To enable them, assign a value to the option. For example, to turn one on:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
477 let ada_standard_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
478 To disable them use ":unlet". Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
479 unlet ada_standard_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
480 You can just use ":" and type these into the command line to set these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
481 temporarily before loading an Ada file. You can make these option settings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
482 permanent by adding the "let" command(s), without a colon,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
483 to your "~/.vimrc" file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
485 Here are the Ada mode options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
486
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
487 Variable Action ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
488 ada_standard_types Highlight types in package Standard (e.g., "Float")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
489 ada_space_errors Highlight extraneous errors in spaces...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
490 ada_no_trail_space_error but ignore trailing spaces at the end of a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
491 ada_no_tab_space_error but ignore tabs after spaces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
492 ada_withuse_ordinary Show "with" and "use" as ordinary keywords
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
493 (when used to reference other compilation units
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
494 they're normally highlighted specially).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
495 ada_begin_preproc Show all begin-like keywords using the coloring
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
496 of C preprocessor commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
497
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
498 Even on a slow (90Mhz) PC this mode works quickly, but if you find
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
499 the performance unacceptable, turn on ada_withuse_ordinary.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
502 ANT *ant.vim* *ant-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
503
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
504 The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
505 by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
506 by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
507 and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
508
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
509 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
510
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
511 will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
512
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
513 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
514 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
515 ]]></script>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
516
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
517 See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
518
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
520 APACHE *apache.vim* *apache-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
521
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
522 The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting depending on Apache HTTP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
523 server version, by default for 1.3.x. Set "apache_version" to Apache version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
524 (as a string) to get highlighting for another version. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
525
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
526 :let apache_version = "2.0"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
527 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
528
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
529 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
530 ASSEMBLY *asm-syntax* *asmh8300-syntax* *nasm-syntax* *masm-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
531 *asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
532
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
533 Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
534 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
535 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
536 :let filetype_i = "asm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
537 Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
538
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
539 There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
540 extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
541 line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
542 files are included:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
543 asm GNU assembly (the default)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
544 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
545 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
546 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
547 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
548 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
549 nasm Netwide assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
550 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
551 MMX)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
552 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
553
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
554 The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
555 :asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
556 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
557 one of the first five lines in the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
558
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
559 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
560 b:asmsyntax variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
561 :let b:asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
562
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
563 If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
564 the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
565 language: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
566 :let asmsyntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
567
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
568 As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
570
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
571 Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
572
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
573 To enable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
574 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
575 To disable a feature: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
576 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
577
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
578 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
579 nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
580 (parser dependent; not recommended)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
581 nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
582 nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
583
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
584
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
585 ASPPERL and ASPVBS *aspperl-syntax* *aspvbs-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
586
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
587 *.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
588 hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
589 using. For Perl script use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
590 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
591 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
592 For Visual Basic use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
593 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
594 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
595
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
596
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
597 BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *basic-syntax* *vb-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
598
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
599 Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas". To detect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
600 which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
601 five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
602 otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
603 Basic.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
605
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
606 C *c.vim* *c-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
607
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
608 A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
609 to the respective variable. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
610 :let c_comment_strings=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
611 To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
612 :unlet c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
613
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
614 Variable Highlight ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
615 c_gnu GNU gcc specific items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
616 c_comment_strings strings and numbers inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
617 c_space_errors trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
618 c_no_trail_space_error ... but no trailing spaces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
619 c_no_tab_space_error ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
620 c_no_bracket_error don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
621 c_no_ansi don't do standard ANSI types and constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
622 c_ansi_typedefs ... but do standard ANSI types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
623 c_ansi_constants ... but do standard ANSI constants
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
624 c_no_utf don't highlight \u and \U in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
625 c_syntax_for_h use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
626 c_no_if0 don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
627 c_no_cformat don't highlight %-formats in strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
628 c_no_c99 don't highlight C99 standard items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
629
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
630 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
631 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
632 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
633 :let c_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
634 This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
635 displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
636 disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
637
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
638 When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
639 works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
640 you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
641
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
642 To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
643 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
644 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
645 :function MyCadd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
646 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
647 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
648 : hi link cMyItem Title
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
649 :endfun
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
650
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
651 ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
652 "NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
653 not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
654 highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
655 :hi link cConstant NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
656
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
657 If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
658 highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
659
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
660 If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
661 an the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
662 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
663 syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
664 syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
665 set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
666
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
667
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
668 CHILL *chill.vim* *chill-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
669
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
670 Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
671 that are available. Additionally there is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
672
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
673 chill_syntax_for_h use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead of C or C++
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
674 chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
675 chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
676 chill_minlines like c_minlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
677
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
678
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
679 CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *changelog-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
680
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
681 ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
682 If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
683 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
684 This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
685 "b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
686 file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
687
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
688 You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
689 :hi link ChangelogError Error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
690 Or to avoid the highlighting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
691 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
692 This works immediately.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
693
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
694
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
695 COBOL *cobol.vim* *cobol-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
696
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
697 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
698 development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
699 versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
700 add this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
701 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
702 To disable it again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
703 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
704
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
705
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
706 COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *coldfusion-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
708 The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
709 comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
710
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
711 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
712
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
713 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
714
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
716 CSH *csh.vim* *csh-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
717
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
718 This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
719 used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
720
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
721 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
722 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
723 between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
724 "filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
725
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
726 :let filetype_csh = "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
727
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
728 For using tcsh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
729
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
730 :let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
731
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
732 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
733 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
734 will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
735 "filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
736 variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
737
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
738
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
739 CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *cynlib-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
740
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
741 Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
742 hardware modeling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
743 or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
744 normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
745 line to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
746
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
747 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
748
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
749 Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
750
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
751 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
753 To disable these again, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
755 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
756 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
757 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
758
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
759 CWEB *cweb.vim* *cweb-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
760
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
761 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
762 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
763 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
764 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
765
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
766
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
767 DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *desktop-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
769 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
770 according to freedesktop.org standard: http://pdx.freedesktop.org/Standards/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
771 But actually almost none implements this standard fully. Thus it will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
772 highlight all Unix ini files. But you can force strict highlighting according
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
773 to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
774 :let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
775
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
776
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
777 DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *dircolors-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
779 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
780 provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
781 the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
782 versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
783 uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
784 line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
785 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
786
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
788 DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *docbk-syntax* *docbook*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
789 DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *docbkxml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
790 DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *docbksgml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
791
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
792 There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
793 are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
794 automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
795 defaults to XML.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
796 You can set the type manually: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
797 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
798 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
799 :let docbk_type = "xml"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
800 You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
801 Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
802 :set filetype=docbksgml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
803 or: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
804 :set filetype=docbkxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
805
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
806
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
807 DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *dosbatch-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
808
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
809 There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
810 extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
811 is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
812 this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
813 Select the version you want with the following line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
815 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
816
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
817 If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
818 Windows 2000.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
819
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
820
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
821 DTD *dtd.vim* *dtd-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
822
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
823 The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
824 case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
825
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
826 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
828 The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
829 this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
831 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
832
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
833 before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
834 Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
835 'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
836 Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
837 highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
838 delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
839
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
840 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
841
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
842 The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
843
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
844
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
845 EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *eiffel-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
846
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
847 While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
848 syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
849 highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
850 highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
852 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
854 Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
855
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
856 Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
858 :let eiffel_strict=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
859 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
860
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
861 Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
862 five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
863 "NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
864
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
865 Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
866 guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
867 lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
868
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
869 If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
870 "Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
872 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
873
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
874 instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
875
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
876 Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
877 experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
878
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
879 :let eiffel_ise=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
880
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
881 Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
882
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
883 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
885 to your startup file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
887
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
888 ERLANG *erlang.vim* *erlang-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
889
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
890 The erlang highlighting supports Erlang (ERicsson LANGuage).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
891 Erlang is case sensitive and default extension is ".erl".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
893 If you want to disable keywords highlighting, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
894 :let erlang_keywords = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
895 If you want to disable built-in-functions highlighting, put in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
896 .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
897 :let erlang_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
898 If you want to disable special characters highlighting, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
899 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
900 :let erlang_characters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
901
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
902
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
903 FORM *form.vim* *form-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
904
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
905 The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
906 modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
907 following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM'' by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
908 J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
909
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
910 If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
911 redefine the following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
913 - formConditional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
914 - formNumber
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
915 - formStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
916 - formHeaderStatement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
917 - formComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
918 - formPreProc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
919 - formDirective
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
920 - formType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
921 - formString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
922
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
923 Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
924 directives per default in the same syntax group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
926 A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
927 header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
928 this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
930 :let form_enhanced_color=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
931
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
932 The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
933 gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
934 conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
935
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
936
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
937 FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *fortran-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
938
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
939 Default highlighting and dialect ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
940 Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default. This choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
941 should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
942 superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
943
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
944 Fortran source code form ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
945 Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
946 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
947
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
948 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
949 form. If you always use free source form, then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
950 :let fortran_free_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
951 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
952 form, then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
953 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
954 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
955
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
956 If the form of the source code depends upon the file extension, then it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
957 most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin file. For more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
958 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
959 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in free source form and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
960 rest in fixed source form, add the following code to your ftplugin file >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
961 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
962 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
963 let fortran_free_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
964 unlet! fortran_fixed_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
965 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
966 let fortran_fixed_source=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
967 unlet! fortran_free_source
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
968 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
969 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
970 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
971
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
972 When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
973 source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
974 fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
975 neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
976 determine which source form has been used by examining the first five columns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
977 of the first 25 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
978 detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The algorithm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
979 should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a file that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
980 begins with 25 or more full-line comments, the script may incorrectly decide
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
981 that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens, just add a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
982 non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
983 first twenty five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
984
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
985 Tabs in fortran files ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
986 Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
987 fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
988 Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
989 using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
990 variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
991 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
992 placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
993 mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
994
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
995 Syntax folding of fortran files ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
996 If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
997 fortran_fold with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
998 :let fortran_fold=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
999 to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1000 is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1001 subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1002 also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1003 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1004 then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1005 case constructs. If you also set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1006 fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1007 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1008 then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1009 lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1010
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1011 If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1012 fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1013 you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1014 units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1015 unit.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1017 More precise fortran syntax ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1018 If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1019 :let fortran_more_precise=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1020 then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1021 statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1022 recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1023 construct.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1024
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1025 Non-default fortran dialects ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1026 The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1027 subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1028
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1029 If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1030 loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1031 g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1032 satisfactory. However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1033 source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1034 dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1035 names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1036 such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1037 source form will be assumed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1038
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1039 If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1040 that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1041 items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1042 dialects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1043
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1044 The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1045 permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1046 "f90", "f77", "elf" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1047
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1048 If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1049 .vimrc prior to your syntax on statement. If the dialect depends upon the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1050 extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file. For more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1051 information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1052 fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1053 ftplugin file should contain the code >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1054 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1055 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1056 let fortran_dialect="elf"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1057 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1058 unlet! fortran_dialect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1059 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1060 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1061 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1062
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1063 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1064 the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1065 including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1066 elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file. For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1067 example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1068 ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1069 first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1070 ! fortran_dialect=F
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1071 F overrides elf if both directives are present.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1072
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1073 Limitations ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1074 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1075 strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1076 because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1077
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1078 For further information related to fortran, see |fortran-indent| and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1079 |fortran-plugin|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1081
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1082 FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *fvwm-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1083
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1084 In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1085 the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1086 appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1087 patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1088 number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1089
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1090 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1091 as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1092
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1093 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1094 \ set filetype=fvwm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1095
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1096 If you'd like Vim to highlight all valid color names, tell it where to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1097 find the color database (rgb.txt) on your system. Do this by setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1098 "rgb_file" to its location. Assuming your color database is located
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1099 in /usr/X11/lib/X11/, you should add the line >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1101 :let rgb_file = "/usr/X11/lib/X11/rgb.txt"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1102
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1103 to your .vimrc file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1104
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1105
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1106 GSP *gsp.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1107
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1108 The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1109 the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1110 is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1111 are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1112
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1113 htmlString
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1114 htmlValue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1115 htmlEndTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1116 htmlTag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1117 htmlTagN
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1118
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1119 Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1120 java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1121 group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1122 correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1123 to the contains clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1124
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1125 The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1126 group to make them easier to see.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1127
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1128
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1129 GROFF *groff.vim* *groff-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1130
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1131 The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1132 under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1133 of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1134 filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1135 (see |filetype.txt|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1136
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1137
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1138 HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *haskell-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1139
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1140 The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1141 Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1142 syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1144 If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1145 light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1146 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1147 To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1148 add: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1149 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1150 To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1151 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1152 And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1153 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1154 If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1155 your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1156 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1157
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1158 The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1159 directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1160 directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1161 operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1162 as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1163 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1164
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1165 The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1166 automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1167 TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1168 or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1169 in your .vimrc >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1170 :let lhs_markup = none
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1171 for no highlighting at all, or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1172 :let lhs_markup = tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1173 to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1174 For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1175 this variable, so e.g. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1176 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1177 will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1178 set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1179 loading a file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1180
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1181
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1182 HTML *html.vim* *html-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1183
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1184 The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1185
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1186 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1187 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1188 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1189 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1190
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1191 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1192 names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1193 makes it easy to spot errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1194
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1195 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1196 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1197
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1198 Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1199 are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1200 text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1201 while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1202 only if used as a link that is, it must include a href as in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1203 <A href="somfile.html">).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1204
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1205 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1206 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1208 - htmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1209 - htmlBoldUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1210 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1211 - htmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1212 - htmlUnderlineItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1213 - htmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1214 - htmlTitle for titles
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1215 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1216
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1217 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1218 of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1219 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1220 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1221 :let html_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1222
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1223 If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1224 http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1226 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1227 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1228 :let html_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1229
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1230 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1231 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1232 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1233 ends with --!>) you can define >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1234 :let html_wrong_comments=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1235
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1236 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1237 'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1238 programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1239 supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1240
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1241 Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1242
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1243 There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1244 written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1245 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1246 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1248 runtime! syntax/html.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1249 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1251 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1252 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1255 HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *htmlos-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1256
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1257 The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1258
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1259 Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1260 doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1261 this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1262 different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1263 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1265 Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1267 Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1268 signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1269 a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1270 :set syntax=htmlos
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1272 Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1273 block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1274
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1275
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1276 IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ia64-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1277
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1278 Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1279 how to recognize this filetype.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1280
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1281 To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1282 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1283
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1284
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1285 INFORM *inform.vim* *inform-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1287 Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1288 most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1289 to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1290 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1291
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1292 By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1293 and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1294 you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1295 need to add this to your startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1296 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1297
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1298 This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1299 set of highlighted system functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1301 The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1302 it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1303 by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1304 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1305 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1306
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1307 By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1308 version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1309 Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1310 startup sequence: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1311 :let inform_highlight_old=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1312
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1314 JAVA *java.vim* *java-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1315
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1316 The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1317
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1318 In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1319 flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1320 classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1321 way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1322 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1323
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1324 All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1325 highlight them use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1326 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1327
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1328 You can also highlight identifiers of most standard java packages if you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1329 download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1330 If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1331 use the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1332 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1333 Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1334
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1335 Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1336 how you write java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1337 functions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1338
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1339 If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1340 a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1341 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1342 However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1343 supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1344 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1345 If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1346 declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1347 definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1348 original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1350 In java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
8
7edf9b6e4c36 Various changes
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1351 only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1352 statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1353 your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1354 :let java_highlight_debug=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1355 The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1356 characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1357 new highlightings for the following groups.:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1358 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1359 which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1360 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1361 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1362
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1363 In order to help you to write code that can be easily ported between
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1364 java and C++, all C++ keywords are marked as error in a java program.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1365 However, if you use them regularly, you may want to define the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1366 variable in your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1367 :let java_allow_cpp_keywords=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1368
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1369 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of java program files and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1370 creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1371 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add javascript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1372 and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1373 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1374 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1375 the color change the group CommentTitle).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1376 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1377 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1378 4. The special javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1379 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1380 To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1381 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1382
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1383 If you use the special javadoc comment highlighting described above you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1384 can also turn on special highlighting for javascript, visual basic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1385 scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1386 actually have javadoc comments that include either javascript or embedded
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1387 CSS. The options to use are >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1388 :let java_javascript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1389 :let java_css=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1390 :let java_vb=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1392 In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1393 for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1394 :hi link javaParen Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1395 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1396 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1398 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1399 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1400 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1401 :let java_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1402 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1403 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1404 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1405
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1406
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1407 LACE *lace.vim* *lace-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1408
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1409 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1410 style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1411 define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1412 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1413
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1414
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1415 LEX *lex.vim* *lex-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1417 Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1418 gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1419 :syn sync minlines=300
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1420 may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1421 difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1422
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1423
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1424 LITE *lite.vim* *lite-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1425
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1426 There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1427
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1428 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1429
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1430 :let lite_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1431
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1432 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1433 set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1434
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1435 :let lite_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1437
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1438 LPC *lpc.vim* *lpc-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1439
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1440 LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensj| C. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1441 file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1442 users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1443 should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1445 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1446
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1447 If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1448 modeline. For a LPC file:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1449
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1450 // vim:set ft=lpc:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1451
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1452 For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1453
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1454 // vim:set ft=c:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1455
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1456 If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1457
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1458 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1459 used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1460 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1461 asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1462 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1464 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1465
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1466 For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1467
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1468 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1469
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1470 For LPC4 series of LPC: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1471
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1472 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1474 For uLPC series of LPC:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1475 uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1476 instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1477
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1478
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1479 LUA *lua.vim* *lua-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1480
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1481 This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0 and Lua 5.0 (default). If you are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1482 programming in Lua 4.0, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1483
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1484 :let lua_version = 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1485
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1486 If lua_version variable doesn't exist, it is set to 5.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1487
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1488
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1489 MAIL *mail.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1491 Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1492 quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1493 signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1494 whitespaces and end with a newline.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1495
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1496 Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1497 as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1498 only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1499
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1500 By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1501 displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1502 with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1503
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1504 :let mail_minlines = 30
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1505
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1506
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1507 MAKE *make.vim* *make-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1508
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1509 In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1510 errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1511 feature off by using: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1512
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1513 :let make_no_commands = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1514
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1515
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1516 MAPLE *maple.vim* *maple-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1517
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1518 Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1519 supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1520 The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1521 highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1522
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1523 :let mvpkg_all= 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1524
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1525 to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1526 choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1527 1, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1528 $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1529
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1530 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1531 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1532 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1533 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1534 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1535 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1536 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1537 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1538 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1539
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1540
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1541 MOO *moo.vim* *moo-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1543 If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1544 highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1545 comments: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1546
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1547 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1548
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1549 To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1550
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1551 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1552
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1553 To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1554 '%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1555
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1556 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1557
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1558 Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1559
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1560 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1561
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1562 To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1563
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1564 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1565
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1566 Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1567 use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1568 To enable this option: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1570 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1571
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1572 An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1573
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1574 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1575
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1576
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1577 MSQL *msql.vim* *msql-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1579 There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1580
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1581 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1582
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1583 :let msql_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1584
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1585 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1586 set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1587
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1588 :let msql_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1589
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1590
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1591 NCF *ncf.vim* *ncf-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1592
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1593 There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1594
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1595 If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1596 errors, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1597
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1598 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1599
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1600 If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1601
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1602
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1603 NROFF *nroff.vim* *nroff-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1604
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1605 The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1606 activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1607 can use them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1608
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1609 For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1610 processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1611 features for groff, add the following option to your start-up files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1612
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1613 :let b:nroff_is_groff = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1614
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1615 Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1616 Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1617 there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1618 you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1619 can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1620 native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1621 \[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1622 accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1623 environments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1624
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1625 In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1626 follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1627
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1628 1. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1629
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1630 2. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1631 exclamation mark, etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1632
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1633 3. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1634 carriage return.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1635
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1636 The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1637 algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1638
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1639 Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1640 furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1641 vertical space input will be output as is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1642
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1643 Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1644 than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1645 practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1646 marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1647 need to maintaining regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1648 spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1649
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1650 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1651
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1652 Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1653 with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1654 highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1655 "nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1656
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1657 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1658 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1659 \ gui=reverse,bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1661 If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1662 with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1663 file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1664
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1665 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1666
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1667 As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the exdented
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1668 paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1669
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1670 Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1671 groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1672
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1674 OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ocaml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1675
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1676 The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1677 .mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1678
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1679 :let ocaml_revised = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1680
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1681 you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1682 by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1683
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1684 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1685
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1686 prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1687 contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1688
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1689
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1690 PAPP *papp.vim* *papp-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1691
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1692 The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extend, .pxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1693 and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1694 as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1695 sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1696 you set the variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1697
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1698 :let papp_include_html=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1699
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1700 in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1701 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1702 edit sensibly ;)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1704 The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1705 http://papp.plan9.de.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1706
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1708 PASCAL *pascal.vim* *pascal-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1709
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1710 Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1711 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1712 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1713
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1714 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1716 The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1717 provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1718 Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1719 enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1720 following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1721
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1722 :let pascal_traditional=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1723
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1724 To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1725 keywords, etc): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1726
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1727 :let pascal_delphi=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1728
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1729
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1730 The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1731 *, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1732 operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1733
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1734 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1735
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1736 Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1737
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1738 :let pascal_no_functions=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1739
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1740 Furthermore, there are specific variable for some compiler. Besides
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1741 pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1742 match Turbo Pascal. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1743
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1744 :let pascal_gpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1745
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1746 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1747
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1748 :let pascal_fpc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1749
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1750 To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1751 pascal_one_line_string variable. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1753 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1755 If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1756 will be highlighted as Error. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1757
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1758 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1759
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1760
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1761
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1762 PERL *perl.vim* *perl-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1763
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1764 There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1765
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1766 If you use POD files or POD segments, you might: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1767
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1768 :let perl_include_pod = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1769
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1770 To handle package references in variable and function names differently from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1771 the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1772
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1773 :let perl_want_scope_in_variables = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1774
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1775 If you want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1776
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1777 :let perl_extended_vars = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1778
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1779 The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1780 highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1781 perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1782
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1783 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1784 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1785 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1786
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1787 (^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1788
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1789 The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1790 synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1791 If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1792 then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1793 out the line that causes the mistake.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1794
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1795 One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1797 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1798 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1799
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1800 Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1801 its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1802
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1803 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1804
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1805 If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1806
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1807 :let perl_fold = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1808
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1809
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1810 PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *php-syntax* *php3-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1811
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1812 [note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1813 it has been renamed to "php"]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1815 There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1816
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1817 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1818
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1819 let php_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1820
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1821 For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1822
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1823 let php_baselib = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1824
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1825 Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1826
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1827 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1828
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1829 Using the old colorstyle: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1831 let php_oldStyle = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1832
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1833 Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1834
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1835 let php_asp_tags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1837 Disable short tags: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1838
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1839 let php_noShortTags = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1840
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1841 For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1842
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1843 let php_parent_error_close = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1844
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1845 For skipping an php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1846 one: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1847
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1848 let php_parent_error_open = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1849
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1850 Enable folding for classes and functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1852 let php_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1854 Selecting syncing method: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1855
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1856 let php_sync_method = x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1857
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1858 x = -1 to sync by search (default),
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1859 x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1860 x = 0 to sync from start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1861
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1862
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1863 PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ppwiz-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1864
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1865 PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1866
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1867 This syntax file has the options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1868
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1869 - ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1870 definitions. Possible values are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1872 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1873 colors of their contents (e. g. PPWizard macros and variables)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1874
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1875 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1876 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1877 continuation symbols
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1878
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1879 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1880
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1881 - ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1882 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1883
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1885 PHTML *phtml.vim* *phtml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1886
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1887 There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1888
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1889 If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1891 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1892
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1893 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1894 set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1895
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1896 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1897
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1899 POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *postscr-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1900
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1901 There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1902
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1903 First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1904 currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1905 and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1906 Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1907 extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1908 level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1909 highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1910
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1911 :let postscr_level=2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1913 If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1914 the most prevalent version currently.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1916 Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1917 particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1918 PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1919
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1920 If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1922 follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1923
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1924 :let postscr_display=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1926 If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1927 Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1928 postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1930 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1931
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1932 PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1933 useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1934 cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1935 character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1936 explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1937 highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1938
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1939 :let postscr_fonts=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1940 :let postscr_encodings=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1941
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1942 There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1943 PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1944 operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1945 if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1946 operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1947 or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1948 highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1949 postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1950
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1951 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1952 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1953
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1954 *ptcap.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1955 PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ptcap-syntax* *termcap-syntax* *printcap-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1957 This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1959 In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1960 the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1961 appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1962 patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1963 "term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1965 For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1966 files, add the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1967
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1968 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1969 \ set filetype=ptcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1970
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1971 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1972 are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1973 internal variable to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1974
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1975 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1976
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1977 (The default is 20 lines.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1978
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1979
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1980 PROGRESS *progress.vim* *progress-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1981
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1982 Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1983 doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1984 startup vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1985 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1986 The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1987 Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1988 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1989 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1990
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1991
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1992 PYTHON *python.vim* *python-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1993
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1994 There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1995
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1996 For highlighted numbers: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1997 :let python_highlight_numbers = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1998
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1999 For highlighted builtin functions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2000 :let python_highlight_builtins = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2001
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2002 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2003 :let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2004
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2005 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2006 :let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2007
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2008 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2009 preceding three options): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2010 :let python_highlight_all = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2011
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2012
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2013 QUAKE *quake.vim* *quake-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2014
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2015 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2016 Shooter) based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2017 a bit between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2018 syntax definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2019 users to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2020 can be set for the following effects:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2021
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2022 set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2023 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2024
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2025 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2026 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2027
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2028 set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2029 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2030
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2031 Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2032 commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2033
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2034
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2035 READLINE *readline.vim* *readline-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2036
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2037 The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2038 few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2039 items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2040 command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2041 let readline_has_bash = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2042
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2043 This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2044 later, and part earlier) adds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2045
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2046
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2047 REXX *rexx.vim* *rexx-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2048
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2049 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2050 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2051 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2052 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2053 This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2054 displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2055 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2056
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2057
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2058 RUBY *ruby.vim* *ruby-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2059
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2060 There are a few options to the Ruby syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2061
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2062 By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2063 of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive: if you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2064 experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2065 you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2066 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2067 In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2068
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2069 If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2070 scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2071 the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2072 :let ruby_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2073 Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2074 largest class or module.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2075
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2076 Finally, if you do not like to see too many color items around, you can define
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2077 "ruby_no_identifiers": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2078 :let ruby_no_identifiers = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2079 This will prevent highlighting of special identifiers like "ConstantName",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2080 "$global_var", "@instance_var", "| iterator |", and ":symbol".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2081
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2082
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2083 SDL *sdl.vim* *sdl-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2084
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2085 The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2086 of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2087
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2088 The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2089 case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2090 used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2091 highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2092 :let sdl_2000=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2093
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2094 This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2095 keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2096 :let SDL_no_96=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2097
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2098
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2099 The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2100 satisfied with it for my own projects.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2101
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2102
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2103 SED *sed.vim* *sed-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2104
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2105 To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2106 highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2107
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2108 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2109
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2110 in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2111 inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2112 by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2113 also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2114 you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2116 Bugs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2117
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2118 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2119 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2120 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2121 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2122 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2123 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2124
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2125
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2126 SGML *sgml.vim* *sgml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2127
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2128 The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2130 The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2131 This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2132 closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2133 defined for you)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2134
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2135 Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2136 names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2137
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2138 Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2139 names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2141 Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2142 are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2143 text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2144 <replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2145
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2146 If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2147 following syntax groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2148
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2149 - sgmlBold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2150 - sgmlBoldItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2151 - sgmlUnderline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2152 - sgmlItalic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2153 - sgmlLink for links
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2154
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2155 To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2156 following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2157 are read during initialization) >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2158 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2159
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2160 You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2161 vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2162 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2164 (Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2165
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2167 SH *sh.vim* *sh-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2168
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2169 This covers the "normal" Unix (Bourne) sh, bash and the Korn shell.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2170
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2171 Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2172 various filenames are of specific types: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2173
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2174 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2175 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2176 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2177 If none of these cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2178 (ex. /bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2179 then that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2180 be shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2181 sh is symbolically linked to "bash" (linux) or "ksh" (posix).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2182
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2183 One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following three
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2184 variables in your <.vimrc>:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2185
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2186 ksh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2187 let is_kornshell = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2188 < bash: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2189 let is_bash = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2190 < sh: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2191 let is_sh = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2192
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2193 If, in your <.vimrc>, you set >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2194 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2195 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2196 then various syntax items (HereDocuments and function bodies) become
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2197 syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2199 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2200 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2201 to a larger number. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2202
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2203 let sh_minlines = 500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2204
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2205 This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2206 displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2207 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2208
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2209 If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2210 reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2211
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2212 let sh_maxlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2213 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2214 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2215 speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2216
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2217
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2218 SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator) *spup.vim* *spup-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2220 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2221
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2222 - strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2223 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2224 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2226 - highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2227 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2228 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2229 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2230 them in the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2232 - oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2233 highlighting of # style comments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2234
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2235 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2236 number of #s.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2237
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2238 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2239 error. This is the default setting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2240
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2241 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2242 more than one #.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2243
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2244 Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2245 PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2246 fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2247 the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2248
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2250 TCSH *tcsh.vim* *tcsh-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2251
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2252 This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2253 for how the filetype is detected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2254
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2255 Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2256 is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2257 this line to your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2258
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2259 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2260
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2261 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2262 when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2263 to a larger number: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2265 :let tcsh_minlines = 100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2267 This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2268 displayed line. The default value is 15. The disadvantage of using a larger
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2269 number is that redrawing can become slow.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2272 TEX *tex.vim* *tex-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2273
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2274 Run-on Comments/Math? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2275
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2276 The tex highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2277 highlighting supports three primary zones: normal, texZone, and texMathZone.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2278 Although a considerable effort has been made to have these zones terminate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2279 properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2280 there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2281 special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2282 %stopzone
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2283 which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2284 texMathZone.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2285
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2286 Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2287
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2288 If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2289 :syn sync maxlines=200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2290 :syn sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2291 (especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2292 increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (ie. just what group,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2293 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2294
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2295 Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2296
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2297 The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2298 although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2299 errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2300 you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2301 let tex_no_error=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2302 and all error checking by <tex.vim> will be suppressed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2304 Need a new Math Group? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2305
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2306 If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2307 code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2308
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2309 syn cluster texMathZones add=texMathZoneLOCAL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2310 syn region texMathZoneLOCAL start="\\begin\s*{\s*LOCALMATH\s*}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2311 \ end="\\end\s*{\s*LOCALMATH\s*}" keepend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2312 \ contains=@texMathZoneGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2313 if !exists("tex_no_math")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2314 syn sync match texSyncMathZoneLOCAL grouphere texMathZoneLOCAL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2315 \ "\\begin\s*{\s*LOCALMATH\*\s*}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2316 syn sync match texSyncMathZoneLOCAL groupthere NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2317 \ "\\end\s*{\s*LOCALMATH\*\s*}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2318 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2319 hi link texMathZoneLOCAL texMath
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2320 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2321 You'll need to change LOCALMATH to the name of your new math group,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2322 and then to put it into .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2323
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2324 Starting a New Style? ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2325
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2326 One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2327 commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2328 following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2329 such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2330
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2331 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2332 :set ft=tex
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2333
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2334 Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2335 always accept such use of @.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2336
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2337
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2338 TF *tf.vim* *tf-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2339
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2340 There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2341
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2342 For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2343 set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2344
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2345 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2346
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2348 VIM *vim.vim* *vim-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2349
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2350 There is a tradeoff between more accurate syntax highlighting versus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2351 screen updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2352 the g:vim_minlines variable. The g:vim_maxlines variable may be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2353 to improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2354
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2355 g:vim_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2356 g:vim_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2358 The g:vimembedscript option allows for somewhat faster loading of syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2359 highlighting for vim scripts at the expense of supporting syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2360 for external scripting languages (currently perl, python, ruby, and tcl).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2361
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2362 g:vimembedscript == 1 (default) <vim.vim> will allow highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2363 g:vimembedscript doesn't exist of supported embedded scripting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2364 languages: perl, python, ruby and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2365 tcl.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2366
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2367 g:vimembedscript == 0 Syntax highlighting for embedded
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2368 scripting languages will not be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2369 loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2370
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2371
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2372 XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *xf86conf-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2373
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2374 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2375 variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2376 You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2377 xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2378 your .vimrc. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2379 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2380 When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2381
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2382 Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2383 "SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2384 highlighted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2385
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2386
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2387 XML *xml.vim* *xml-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2389 Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2390 setting a global variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2392 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2393 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2394 *xml-folding*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2395 The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2396 start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2397
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2398 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2399 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2401 Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2402 especially for large files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2403
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2404
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2405 X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *xpm-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2406
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2407 xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2408 XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2409 you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2411 To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2412 somewhere else with "P".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2413
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2414 Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2415 :function! GetPixel()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2416 : let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2417 : echo c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2418 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2419 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r".c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2420 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2421 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2422 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2423 This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2424 It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2425 must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2426
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2427 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2428 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2429
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2430 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2431 5. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2432
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2433 Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2434
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2435 1. Keyword.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2436 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2437 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2438 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2439 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2440 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2441
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2442 2. Match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2443 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2444
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2445 3. Region.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2446 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2447 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2448 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2449
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2450 Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2451 you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2452 to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2453 and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2454 "Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2455 one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2456 This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2457 each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2458 for a lot of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2459
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2460 Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2461 group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2462 for the syntax group with the same name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2464 In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2465 defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2466 using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2467 match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2468 keyword with ignoring case.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2469
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2470
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2471 PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2472
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2473 When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2474
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2475 1. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2476 defined last has priority.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2477 2. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2478 3. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2479 start in later positions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2480
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2481
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2482 DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2483
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2484 :sy[ntax] case [match|ignore]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2485 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2486 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2487 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2488 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2489
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2491 DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2492
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2493 :sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2494
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2495 This defines a number of keywords.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2497 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2498 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2499 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2501 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2502 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2503 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2504 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2505 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2506 These examples do exactly the same: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2507 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2508 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2509 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2510 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2511 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2512 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2513 variations at once: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2514 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2515 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2516 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2517 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2518 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2519 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2520 'iskeyword'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2521
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2522 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2523 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2524 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2525
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2526 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2527 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2528 instead.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2529
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2530 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2531
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2532 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2533 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2534 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2535 highlight group. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2536 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2537 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2538 < When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2539 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2540 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2541
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2543 DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2544
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2545 :sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}] [excludenl] {pattern} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2546
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2547 This defines one match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2548
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2549 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2550 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2551 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2552 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2553 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2554 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2555 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2556 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2557 line, which makes the match depend on where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2558 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2559 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2560
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2561 Example (match a character constant): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2562 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2563 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2564
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2565 DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2566 *E398* *E399*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2567 :sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2568 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2569 [keepend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2570 [extend]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2571 [excludenl]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2572 start={start_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2573 [skip={skip_pattern}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2574 end={end_pattern} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2575 [{options}]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2576
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2577 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2579 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2580 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2581 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2582 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2583 for the text in between the matched start and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2584 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2585 a different group for the start or end match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2586 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2587 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2588 match with the end pattern. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2589 |:syn-keepend|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2590 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2591 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2592 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2593 extend a containing match or item. Only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2594 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2595 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2596 start={start_pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2597 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2598 skip={skip_pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2599 the region where not to look for the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2600 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2601 end={end_pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2602 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2603
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2604 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2605 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2606 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2607 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2608 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2609 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2610 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2611 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2612 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2613
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2614 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2615 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2616 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2617 the end patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2618
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2619 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2620 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2621 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2622
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2623 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2624 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2625 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2626 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2627
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2628 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2629 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2630 work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2631 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2632 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2633 < The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2634 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2635 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2636 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2637 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2638 < This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2639 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2640
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2641 *:syn-keepend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2642 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2643 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2644 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2645 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2646 { starts outer "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2647 { starts contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2648 } ends contained "{}" region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2649 } ends outer "{} region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2650 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2651 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2652 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2653 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2654 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2655 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2656 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2657 < The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2658 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2659
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2660 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2661 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2662 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2663 contained matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2664 *:syn-extend*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2665 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2666 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2667 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2668 extended.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2669 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2670 others don't. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2671
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2672 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2673 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2674 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2675
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2676 < Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2677 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2678 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2679
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2680 Another example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2681 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2682 < This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2683 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2684 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2685 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2686 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2687
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2688 *:syn-excludenl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2689 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2690 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2691 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2692 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2693 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2694 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2695 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2696 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2697 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2698 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2699 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2700 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2701 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2702
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2703 *:syn-matchgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2704 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2705 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2706 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2707 < This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2708 between with the "String" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2709 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2710 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2711 using a matchgroup.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2712
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2713 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2714 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2715 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2716 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2717 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2718
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2719 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2720 different colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2721 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2722 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2723 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2724 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2725 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2726 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2727
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2728 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2729 6. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2730
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2731 The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2732 The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2733 and may be mixed with patterns.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2734
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2735 Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2736 can not be used for all commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2737 *E395* *E396*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2738 contains oneline fold display extend ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2739 :syntax keyword - - - - -
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2740 :syntax match yes - yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2741 :syntax region yes yes yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2742
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2743 These arguments can be used for all three commands:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2744 contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2745 containedin
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2746 nextgroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2747 transparent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2748 skipwhite
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2749 skipnl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2750 skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2751
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2753 contained *:syn-contained*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2754
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2755 When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2756 the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2757 another match. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2758 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2759 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2760
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2761
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2762 display *:syn-display*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2763
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2764 If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2765 detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2766 by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2767 to be displayed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2769 Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2770 conditions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2771 - The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2772 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2773 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2774 - The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2775 make it continue on the next line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2776 - The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2777 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2778 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2779 - The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2780 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2781 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2782 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2783
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2784 Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2785 - match with a number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2786 - match with a label
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2787
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2788
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2789 transparent *:syn-transparent*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2790
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2791 If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2792 itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2793 is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2794 only to skip over a part of the text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2795
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2796 The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2797 unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2798 avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2799 highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2800 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2801 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2802 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2803 :hi link myString String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2804 :hi link myWord Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2805 Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2806 match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2807 argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2808 it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2809 out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2810 "myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Constant. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2811 happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2812 position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2813
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2814 When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2815 items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2816 see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2817 through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2818
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2819 look from here
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2820
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2821 | | | | | |
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2822 V V V V V V
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2823
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2824 xxxx yyy more contained items
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2825 .................... contained item (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2826 ============================= first item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2828 The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2829 transparent group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2830
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2831 What you see is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2832
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2833 =======xxxx=======yyy========
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2834
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2835 Thus you look through the transparent "....".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2837
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2838 oneline *:syn-oneline*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2839
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2840 The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2841 boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2842 region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2843 the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2844 continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2845 line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2846
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2847 When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2848 pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2849 end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2850 means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2851 be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2852 line break.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2854
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2855 fold *:syn-fold*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2856
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2857 The "fold" argument makes the fold level increased by one for this item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2858 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2859 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2860 :syn sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2861 :set foldmethod=syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2862 This will make each {} block form one fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2863
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2864 The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2865 ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2866 The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2867 {not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2868
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2870 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2871 contains={groupname},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2872
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2873 The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2874 groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2875 containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2876 regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2877 this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2878 here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2879
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2880 contains=ALL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2881 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2882 groups will be accepted inside the item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2883
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2884 contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2885 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2886 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2887 are listed. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2888 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2889
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2890 contains=TOP
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2891 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2892 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2893 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2894 contains=TOP,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2895 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2896
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2897 contains=CONTAINED
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2898 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2899 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2900 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2901 contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2902 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2903 listed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2904
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2906 The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2907 that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2908 The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2909 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2910 The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2911 that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2912 command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2913 syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2914 the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2915 group names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2917 The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2918 region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2919 |:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2920 region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2921 area that is highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2922
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2923
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2924 containedin={groupname}... *:syn-containedin*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2926 The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2927 item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2928 containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2930 The {groupname}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2931
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2932 This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2933 be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2934 of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2935 the C syntax: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2936 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2937 Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2938 level.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2939
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2940 Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2941 appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2942 keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2943 work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2944
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2945
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2946 nextgroup={groupname},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2947
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2948 The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2949 separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2950
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2951 If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2952 tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2953 a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2954 will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2955 current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2956 other groups. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2957 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2958 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2959 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2960
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2961 This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2962 "Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2963 highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2965 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2966 fff bbb fff bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2967
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2968 Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2969 when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2970 highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2971 would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2972
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2973
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2974 skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2975 skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2976 skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2977
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2978 These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2979 used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2980 skipwhite skip over space and Tab characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2981 skipnl skip over the end of a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2982 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2983
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2984 When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2985 next group that matches the white space.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2986
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2987 When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2988 line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2989 line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2990 the current item in the same line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2991
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2992 When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2993 groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2994 for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2995 space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2996
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2997 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2998 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2999 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3000 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3001 Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3002 match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3003 precedence.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3004 Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3005 "contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3006 example).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3007
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3008 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3009 7. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3010
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3011 In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3012 characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3013 use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3014 use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3015 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3016 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3017
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3018 See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3019 always interpreted like the 'magic' options is set, no matter what the actual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3020 value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3021 not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3022 independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3023
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3024 Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3025 This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3026
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3027 *:syn-pattern-offset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3028 The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3029 change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3030 match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3031 are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3032 pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3033
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3034 The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3035 The {what} can be one of seven strings:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3036
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3037 ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3038 me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3039 hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3040 he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3041 rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3042 re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3043 lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3045 The {offset} can be:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3046
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3047 s start of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3048 s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3049 s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3050 e end of the matched pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3051 e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3052 e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3053 {nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3054
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3055 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3056
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3057 Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3058 meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3059
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3060 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3061 match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3062 region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3063 region item skip - yes - - - - yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3064 region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3065
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3066 Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3067 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3068 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3069 some "string" text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3070 ^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3071
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3072 Notes:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3073 - There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3074 offset(s).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3075 - The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3076 - A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3077 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3078 - The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3079 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3080 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3081
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3082 Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3083 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3084 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3085 /* this is a comment */
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3086 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3087
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3088 A more complicated Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3089 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3090 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3091 abcfoostringbarabc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3092 mmmmmmmmmmm match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3093 ssrrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3094
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3095 Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3096
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3097 Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3098 with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3099 in the pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3101 The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3102 be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3103 cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3104 characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3105 used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3106 specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3107
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3108 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3109 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3110 :syn match Underline "_\+"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3111 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3112 ___zzzz ___wwww
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3113 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3114 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3115 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3116
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3117 The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3118 unless you set "ms" explicitly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3119
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3120
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3121 Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3122
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3123 The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3124 expected, but there are a few exceptions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3125
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3126 When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3127 allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3128 following line though.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3130 The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3131 continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3132 matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3133 halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3134 previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3135 is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3136 x x a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3137 b x x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3138 Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3139 after the "\n".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3141
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3142 External matches *:syn-ext-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3144 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3145
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3146 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3147 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3148 be accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3149 in defining a syntax region start pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3150
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3151 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3152 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3153 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3154 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3155
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3156 Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3157 sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3158 shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3159 items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3160 referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3161 example, for instance, can be done like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3162 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3163
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3164 As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3165 it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3166 changes the \1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3167 first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3168 also be used in skip patterns: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3169 :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3170
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3171 Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3172 indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3173 to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3174 Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3175 within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3176 sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3177 the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3178
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3179 Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3180 cannot be referred to.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3181
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3182 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3183 8. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3184
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3185 :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3186 [add={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3187 [remove={group-name}..]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3188
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3189 This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3190 single name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3191
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3192 contains={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3193 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3194 add={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3195 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3196 remove={group-name}..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3197 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3199 A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., nextgroup=.., add=..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3200 or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use this notation to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3201 implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3202
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3203 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3204 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3205 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3206
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3207 As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3208 retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3209 to speak: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3210 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3211 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3212 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3213 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3214 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3215
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3216 This also has implications for nested clusters: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3217 :syntax keyword A aaa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3218 :syntax keyword B bbb
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3219 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3220 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3221 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3222 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3223 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3224
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3225 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3226 9. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3227
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3228 It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3229 a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3230 two different ways:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3232 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3233 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3234 the |:runtime| command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3235
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3236 " In cpp.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3237 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3238 :unlet b:current_syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3239
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3240 < - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3241 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3242 ":syntax include" command:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3243
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3244 :sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3245
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3246 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3247 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3248 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3249 that list. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3251 " In perl.vim:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3252 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3253 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3254 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3255 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3256 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3257 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3258 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3259 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3260 with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3261 include".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3262
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3263 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3264 10. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3265
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3266 Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3267 make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3268 redrawing starts.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3269
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3270 :sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3272 There are four ways to synchronize:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3273 1. Always parse from the start of the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3274 |:syn-sync-first|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3275 2. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3276 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3277 |:syn-sync-second|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3278 3. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3279 |:syn-sync-third|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3280 4. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3281 |:syn-sync-fourth|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3282
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3283 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3284 For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3285 limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3287 If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3288 that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3289 lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3290
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3291 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3292 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3293 adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3294 slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3295 :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3296 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3297 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3298 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3299 cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3300 start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3301 the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3302 break use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3303 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3304 The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3305 change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3306 value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3308
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3309 First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3310 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3311 :syntax sync fromstart
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3312
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3313 The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3314 accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3315 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3316 when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3317 case: to the end of the file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3318
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3319 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3320
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3321
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3322 Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3323
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3324 For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3325 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3326 :syntax sync ccomment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3327
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3328 When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3329 comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3330 used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3331 An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3332 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3333 This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3334 used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3335 region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3336
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3337 The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3338 lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3339 lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3340 lines, but it hard to sync on).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3341
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3342 Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3343 that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3344 is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3345 chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3346 is hardly ever noticed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3347
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3348
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3349 Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3350
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3351 For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3352 Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3353 means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3354 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3355 :syntax sync minlines=50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3356
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3357 "lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3359
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3360 Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3361
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3362 The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3363 sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3364 region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3365 starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3366 the search continues backwards in the file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3368 This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3369 matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3370 - Keywords cannot be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3371 - The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3372 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3373 - The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3374 forwards.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3375 - A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3376 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3377 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3378 consecutive that contain the continuation pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3379 - When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3380 group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3381 - When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3382 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3383 line (or group of continued lines).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3384 - When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3385 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3386 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3387 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3389 There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3390 1. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3391 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3392 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3393 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3394 2. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3395 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3396 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3397 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3398 Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3399
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3400 Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3401 avoid finding unwanted matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3402
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3403 [The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3404 search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3405 highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3406 faster.]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3407
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3408 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3409 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3410
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3411 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3412 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3413 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3414 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3415 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3416
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3417 *syn-sync-groupthere*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3418 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3419
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3420 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3421 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3422 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3423 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3424 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3425 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3426 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3427 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3428 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3429 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3430
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3431 :syntax sync match ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3432 :syntax sync region ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3434 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3435 skipped while searching for a sync point.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3436
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3437 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3438
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3439 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3440 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3441 consider the lines to be concatenated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3442
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3443 If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3444 searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3445 few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3446 :syntax sync maxlines=100
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3448 You can clear all sync settings with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3449 :syntax sync clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3450
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3451 You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3452 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3453
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3454 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3455 11. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3457 This commands lists all the syntax items: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3459 :sy[ntax] [list]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3460
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3461 To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3462
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3463 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3464
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3465 To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3466
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3467 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3468
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3469 See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3470
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3471 Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3472 is mostly used, because it looks better.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3474 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3475 12. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3476
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3477 There are three types of highlight groups:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3478 - The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3479 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3480 linked to a group of the second type.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3481 - The ones used for all syntax languages.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3482 - The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3483 *hitest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3484 You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3485 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3486 This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3487 in their own color.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3488
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3489 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3490 :colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3491 for the file "colors/{name}.vim. The first one that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3492 is found is loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3493 To see the name of the currently active color scheme
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3494 (if there is one): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3495 :echo g:colors_name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3496 < Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3497 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3498
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3499 :hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3500 attributes set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3502 :hi[ghlight] {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3503 List one highlight group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3504
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3505 :hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3506 highlighting for groups added by the user!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3507 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3508 default colors to use.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3509
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3510 :hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3511 :hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3512 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3513 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3514
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3515 :hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3516 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3517 an existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3518 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3519 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3520 argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3521
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3522 Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3523 default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3524 highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3525 values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3526 the default value.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3527
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3528 A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3529 a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3530
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3531 :hi Comment gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3532
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3533 Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3534 specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3535 result is like this single command has been used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3536 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3537 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3538 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3539 There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3540 term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3541 cterm a color terminal (MS-DOS console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3542 termcap entry)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3543 gui the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3544
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3545 For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3546 the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3547
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3548 1. highlight arguments for normal terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3549
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3550 term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3551 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3552 following items (in any order):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3553 bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3554 underline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3555 reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3556 inverse same as reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3557 italic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3558 standout
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3559 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3560
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3561 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3562 have the same effect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3563
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3564 start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3565 stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3566 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3567 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3568
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3569 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3570 is written before the characters in the highlighted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3571 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3572 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3573 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3574 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3575 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3576
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3577 The {term-list} can have two forms:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3578
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3579 1. A string with escape sequences.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3580 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3581 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3582 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3583 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3584
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3585 2. A list of terminal codes.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3586 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3587 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3588 White space is not allowed. Example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3589 start=t_C1,t_BL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3590 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3591
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3592
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3593 2. highlight arguments for color terminals
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3594
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3595 cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3596 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3597 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3598 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3599 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3600 Note: Many terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3601 with coloring. Use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg=" OR "ctermbg=".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3602
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3603 ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3604 ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3605 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3606 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3607 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3608 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3609 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3610 another color, on others you just get color 3.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3611
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3612 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3613 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3614 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3615 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3616 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3617
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3618 The MSDOS standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3619 have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in X11
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3620 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3621 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3622 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3623
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3624 *cterm-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3625 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3626 0 0 Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3627 1 4 DarkBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3628 2 2 DarkGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3629 3 6 DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3630 4 1 DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3631 5 5 DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3632 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3633 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3634 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3635 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3636 10 2* Green, LightGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3637 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3638 12 1* Red, LightRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3639 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3640 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3641 15 7* White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3642
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3643 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3644 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3645 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3646 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3647 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3648 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3649 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3650 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3651 a number instead of a color name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3652
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3653 The case of the color names is ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3654 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3655 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3656 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3657
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3658 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3659 colors!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3661 *:hi-normal-cterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3662 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3663 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3664 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3665 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3666 < When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3667 'background' option will be adjusted automatically. This causes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3668 highlight groups that depend on 'background' to change! This means
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3669 you should set the colors for Normal first, before setting other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3670 colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3671 When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3672 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3673 delete the "colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3674
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3675 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3676 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3677 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3678 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3679 *E419* *E420*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3680 When Vim knows the normal foreground and background colors, "fg" and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3681 "bg" can be used as color names. This only works after setting the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3682 colors for the Normal group and for the MS-DOS console. Example, for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3683 reverse video: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3684 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3685 < Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3686 command are given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3687 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3688
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3689
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3690 3. highlight arguments for the GUI
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3691
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3692 gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3693 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3694 See |attr-list| for a description.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3695 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3696 have the same effect.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3697 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3698
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3699 font={font-name} *highlight-font*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3700 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3701 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3702 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3703 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3704 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3705 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3706 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3707 used).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3708 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3709 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3710 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3711 changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3712 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3713 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3714 occur.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3716 guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3717 guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3718 These give the foreground (guifg) and background (guibg) color to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3719 use in the GUI. There are a few special names:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3720 NONE no color (transparent)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3721 bg use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3722 background use normal background color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3723 fg use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3724 foreground use normal foreground color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3725 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3726 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3727 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3728 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3729 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3730 *gui-colors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3731 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3732 Red LightRed DarkRed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3733 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3734 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3735 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3736 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3737 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3738 Gray LightGray DarkGray
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3739 Black White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3740 Orange Purple Violet
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3741
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3742 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3743 |win32-colors|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3744
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3745 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3746 The format is "#rrggbb", where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3747 "rr" is the Red value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3748 "bb" is the Blue value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3749 "gg" is the Green value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3750 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3751 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3752 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3753 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3754 These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3755 'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3756 of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3757 command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3758 *hl-Cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3759 Cursor the character under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3760 *hl-CursorIM*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3761 CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3762 *hl-Directory*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3763 Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3764 *hl-DiffAdd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3765 DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3766 *hl-DiffChange*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3767 DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3768 *hl-DiffDelete*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3769 DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3770 *hl-DiffText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3771 DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3772 *hl-ErrorMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3773 ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3774 *hl-VertSplit*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3775 VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3776 *hl-Folded*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3777 Folded line used for closed folds
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3778 *hl-FoldColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3779 FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3780 *hl-SignColumn*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3781 SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3782 *hl-IncSearch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3783 IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3784 ":s///c"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3785 *hl-LineNr*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3786 LineNr line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3787 option is set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3788 *hl-ModeMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3789 ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3790 *hl-MoreMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3791 MoreMsg |more-prompt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3792 *hl-NonText*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3793 NonText '~' and '@' at the end of the window, characters from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3794 'showbreak' and other characters that do not really exist in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3795 the text (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3796 doesn't fit at the end of the line).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3797 *hl-Normal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3798 Normal normal text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3799 *hl-Question*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3800 Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3801 *hl-Search*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3802 Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3803 Also used for highlighting the current line in the quickfix
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3804 window and similar items that need to stand out.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3805 *hl-SpecialKey*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3806 SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3807 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3808 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3809 really is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3810 *hl-StatusLine*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3811 StatusLine status line of current window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3812 *hl-StatusLineNC*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3813 StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3814 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3815 the status line of the current window.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3816 *hl-Title*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3817 Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3818 *hl-Visual*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3819 Visual Visual mode selection
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3820 *hl-VisualNOS*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3821 VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3822 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3823 *hl-WarningMsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3824 WarningMsg warning messages
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3825 *hl-WildMenu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3826 WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3827
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3828 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3829 The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3830 statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3831
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3832 For the GUI you can use these groups to set the colors for the menu,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3833 scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3834 Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3835 and guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3837 *hl-Menu*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3838 Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3839 Also used for the toolbar.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3840 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3841
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3842 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3843 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3844 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3845 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3846
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3847 *hl-Scrollbar*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3848 Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3849 scrollbars.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3850 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3852 *hl-Tooltip*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3853 Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3854 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3855
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3856 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3857 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3858 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3859 set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3860
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3861 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3862 13. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3863
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3864 When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3865 can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3866 group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3867
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3868 To set a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3870 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3871
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3872 To remove a link:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3873
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3874 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3875
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3876 Notes: *E414*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3877 - If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3878 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3879 - As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3880 removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3881 - If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3882 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3883 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3884 links for groups that already have settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3885
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3886 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3887 The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3888 group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3889 will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3891 Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3892 specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3893 :highlight default link cComment Comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3894 If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3895 :highlight link cComment Question
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3896 Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3897 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3899 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3900 14. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3901
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3902 If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3903 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3904 :syntax clear
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3906 This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3907 or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3908 in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3909 load the syntax file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3910 The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3911 loaded after this command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3912
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3913 If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3914 the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3915 :syntax off
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3917 What this command actually does, is executing the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3918 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3919 See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3920 $VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3921
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3922 To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3923 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3924 This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3925
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3926 To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3927 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3928 This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3929
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3930 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3931 If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3932 defaults back: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3933
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3934 :syntax reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3935
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3936 This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3937
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3938 Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3939 back to their Vim default.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3940 Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3941 scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3942
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3943 What this actually does is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3944
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3945 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3946 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3947
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3948 Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3949
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3950 *syncolor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3951 If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3952 script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3953 'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3954 the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3955 reset" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3956
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3957 For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3958
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3959 if &background == "light"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3960 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3961 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3962 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3963 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3965 Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3966 your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3967 depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3968
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3969 *syntax_cmd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3970 The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3971 syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3972 "on" ":syntax on" command. Highlight colors are overruled but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3973 links are kept
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3974 "enable" ":syntax enable" command. Only define colors for groups that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3975 don't have highlighting yet. Use ":syntax default".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3976 "reset" ":syntax reset" command or loading a color scheme. Define all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3977 the colors.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3978 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3979 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3980 them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3981
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3982 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3983 15. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3984
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3985 If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3986 mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3987
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3988 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3989 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3990 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3991 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3992 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3993
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3994 WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3995 memory Vim will consume.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3996
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3997 Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3998 must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3999
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4000 Put these lines in your Makefile:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4001
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4002 # Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4003 types: types.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4004 types.vim: *.[ch]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4005 ctags -i=gstuS -o- *.[ch] |\
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4006 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4007 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4008
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4009 And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4010
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4011 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4012 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4013 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4014 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' . fname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4015 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4017 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4018 16. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4019
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4020 Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4021 default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4022 :if &term =~ "xterm"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4023 : if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4024 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4025 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4026 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4027 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4028 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4029 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4030 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4031 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4032 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4033 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4034
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4035 You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4036 e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4037
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4038 Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4039 be wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4040 *xiterm* *rxvt*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4041 The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4042 But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4043 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4044 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4045 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4046 *colortest.vim*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4047 To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4048 To use it, execute these commands: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4049 :e $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/colortest.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4050 :so %
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4051
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4052 Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the linux console) can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4053 output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4054 at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4055 colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4056
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4057 *xfree-xterm*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4058 To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4059 included with Xfree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4060 at: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4061 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4062 Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4063 termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4064 supports. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4065 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4066 If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4067 (Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4068
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4069 This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4070 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4071 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4072 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4073 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4074 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4075 : set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4076 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4077 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4078 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4079 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4081 Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4082 translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4083 Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4084
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4085 For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4086
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4087 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4088 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4089
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4090 Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4091 and try if that works.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4092
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4093 You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4094 XTerm*color0: #000000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4095 XTerm*color1: #c00000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4096 XTerm*color2: #008000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4097 XTerm*color3: #808000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4098 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4099 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4100 XTerm*color6: #008080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4101 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4102 XTerm*color8: #808080
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4103 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4104 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4105 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4106 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4107 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4108 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4109 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4110 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4111
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4112 [Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4113 cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4114 newer version of xterm, but not everybody is it using yet.]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4115
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4116 To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4117 Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4118 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4119 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4120 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4121 To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4122 Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4123 these resources:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4124 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4125 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4126 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4127 XTerm*cursorColor: White
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4128
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4129 *hpterm-color*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4130 These settings work (more or less) for a hpterm, which only supports 8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4131 foreground colors: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4132 :if has("terminfo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4133 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4134 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4135 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4136 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4137 : set t_Co=8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4138 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4139 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4140 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4141 < [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4142
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4143 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4144 These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4145 emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4146 bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4147 :set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4148 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4149 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4150 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4151 *TTpro-telnet*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4152 These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4153 open-source program for MS-Windows. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4154 set t_Co=16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4155 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4156 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4157 Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4158 that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4159 (info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4160
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4161 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: